https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Benjamin+Molberger&feedformat=atomLibrary & ITS Wiki - User contributions [en]2024-03-19T04:30:13ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.35.14https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=On-Campus_Workshop_Schedule&diff=18930On-Campus Workshop Schedule2010-12-14T15:05:56Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''LIS&nbsp;WORKSHOPS'''<br> <br />
<br />
To sign up for workshops of interest (or suggest topics) please send email to:&nbsp; [mailto:helpdesk@middlebury.edu helpdesk@middlebury.edu] <br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
{| cellspacing="3" cellpadding="3" border="0" class="FCK__ShowTableBorders"<br />
|-<br />
| Wed, 12/15<br> <br />
| Introduction to Drupal<br> <br />
| 9:00 – 10:30 am<br><br />
|-<br />
| Thu, 12/16<br> <br />
| Drupal Review<br> <br />
| 9:00 – 10:00 am<br><br />
|-<br />
| Fri, 12/17<br> <br />
| Drupal Site Work Session<br> <br />
| 9:00 – 11:00 am<br><br />
|-<br />
| Mon, 1/17<br><br />
| WordPress for Blogs, Courses, Projects and More<br><br />
| 2:00 - 3:30 pm<br><br />
|-<br />
| Wed, 1/19<br><br />
| WordPress for Blogs, Courses, Projects and More<br><br />
| 1:00 - 2:30 pm<br><br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
'''LIS&nbsp;Refworks Workshops'''<br> <br />
<br />
RefWorks training is now offered one on one.&nbsp; Just make an appointment with a librarian to learn how to use RefWorks.&nbsp; To request an appointment, use the [http://go.middlebury.edu/askalibrarian Ask a Librarian Form] and specify that you're interested in learning to use Refworks. You can also try to get started on your own using the [https://segue.middlebury.edu/view/html/site/refworks/node/2615945 Refworks tutorials], or the [http://www.refworks.com/Refworks/help/RefWorks_Quick_Start_Guide.pdf Quick Start Guide] on our [http://go.middlebury.edu/refworks?midd Refworks Resource Guide].<br> <br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
'''WORKSHOP&nbsp;DESCRIPTIONS''' <br />
<br />
'''Drupal Review<br>'''For individuals who have attended “Intro to Drupal” but would like a refresher. We will go through the basics, with full attention to embedding images, audio, and video files. We will also review how to manage the various page regions, such as the sidebar and carousel, including how they interact with the rest of the site. <br />
<br />
'''Drupal Site Work Session<br>'''Have you been procrastinating from making those updates to your departmental web pages? Can't update your Drupal site because the phone is ringing off the hook? Don't you wish there was someplace quiet and peaceful where you could go to work on your pages, uninterrupted? Well, there is! Come to a Drupal site work session and have someone right there to answer all of your questions and help you with any problems. This will not be a formal workshop; we will answer questions and problems as they come up. <br />
<br />
'''Introduction to Drupal''' - for beginners/newcomers<br>Learn the basics of managing a department website from creating pages to building and maintaining text-based content. This session will also cover how to embed images, as well as audio and video files. <br />
<br />
'''Refworks''' - for beginners to advanced<br>Getting your footnotes and bibliographies right doesn’t have to be complicated. In just one hour (or less) you'll learn how to save citations as you find them, and create bibliographies with this easy-to-use database for storing and managing references. <br />
<br />
'''Word &amp;&nbsp;Excel 2007 Q&nbsp;&amp;&nbsp;A'''<br>Have you been using Office 2007 and “just getting by”? Bring your “Where did it go?” or “How does it work in this version?” Word and Excel questions and we’ll see how many answers we can squeeze into an hour and a half. We will focus on questions concerning differences between 2003 and 2007, splitting the time 50/50 between Word and Excel. Don’t have questions? Come anyway as useful tips always surface.<br><br> <br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Training]]<br />
[[Category:Workshops]]<br />
[[Category:Schedules]]<br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Connect_To_Network_Printers_-_Windows&diff=18657Connect To Network Printers - Windows2010-11-05T12:53:43Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>==== Connect To Network Printers Using Windows XP<br> ====<br />
<br />
#Click [[Image:Start button.PNG]]. <br />
#Select '''Run'''. <br />
#In the '''Open '''field type '''\\server-name\queue-name''' where '''server-name''' is the name of the print server ('''bombay''', in most cases, except for these [[Printer Installation and Usage#List_of_Printers_on_the_Papercut_Server|printers on the Papercut server]]) &amp; '''queue-name''' is unique for the printer (typically in the form of three-letter building abbreviation followed by room number; ex. '''\\bombay\LIB213''' (note this is a printer that doesn't exist - it is only an example)). <br />
#Click [[Image:OK button.PNG]].&nbsp; The driver for the printer will be added to your computer and the printer will be added to your '''Printer and Faxes''' list of available printers.<br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
The above steps will not work properly if the computer is a) not bound to the middlebury.edu domain (only should apply to college-owned computers) or b) is not logged in with a network account with printing privileges. <br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
'''Bombay''' also has a web address allowing installation of printers at [[http://bombay/printers | http://bombay/printers]] if you are logged into the domain, using Internet Explorer, and inside the college firewall. <br />
<br />
<br> <br />
<br />
==== Uninstall Printers Using Windows XP<br> ====<br />
<br />
#Click [[Image:Start button.PNG]]<br> <br />
#Select '''Control Panel&nbsp;'''(via '''Settings''', if applicable) <br />
#Open '''Printers and Faxes''' <br />
#Right-click on the printer and select '''Delete '''from the pop-up menu. <br />
#Click [[Image:Yes2 button.PNG]] to confirm the deletion <br />
#Close the '''Printers and Faxes''' window<br />
<br />
[[Category:Printers]]<br />
[[Category:Connect to Printer]]<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17907Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-13T13:09:45Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
<br><br />
<b>Note: These instructions may be different for other brand devices.</b><br />
<br><br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as an Exchange ActiveSync account:<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li>Find the "Server address" - if:<br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>the server address is "mail.middlebury.edu," you don't need to make any changes - hit the home button and enjoy using your device</li><br />
<li>the server address is "junglecat.middlebury.edu," hit the "Discard" button and continue with the next step</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li><b>Android does not let you just change the server setting - you must hit the "Delete account" button</b></li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>This does not mean your data will be lost - once you add your account with the proper server, all data will be restored</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>You are now prompted to "Choose a mail provider" - select "Exchange ActiveSync"</li><br />
<li>Enter your email address and password, then click "Next"</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17906Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-13T12:48:55Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
<br><br />
<b>Note: These instructions may be different for other brand devices.</b><br />
<br><br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as an Exchange ActiveSync account:<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li><b>Android does not let you just change the server setting - you must "Discard" the account</b></li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>This does not mean your data will be lost - once you add your account with the proper server, all data will be restored</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17859Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:47:32Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
<br><br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as an Exchange ActiveSync account:<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Server" and change "junglecat.middlebury.edu" to "mail.middlebury.edu"</li><br />
<li>Save your settings</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17858Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:47:24Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
</br><br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as an Exchange ActiveSync account:<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Server" and change "junglecat.middlebury.edu" to "mail.middlebury.edu"</li><br />
<li>Save your settings</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17857Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:44:01Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as an Exchange ActiveSync account:<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Server" and change "junglecat.middlebury.edu" to "mail.middlebury.edu"</li><br />
<li>Save your settings</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17856Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:34:10Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings"</li><br />
<li>Select "Server" and change "junglecat.middlebury.edu" to "mail.middlebury.edu"</li><br />
<li>Save your settings</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17855Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:31:14Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Android Devices */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<b>HTC Android Devices</b><br />
<ol><br />
<li>Open the list of all programs and open the "Mail" application.</li><br />
<li>Press the "MENU" button.</li><br />
<li>Select the "More..." option.</li><br />
<li>Select "Settings."</li><br />
<li>Select "Account settings."</li><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Exchange_2010_Migration_-_Updating_Android_iOS&diff=17854Exchange 2010 Migration - Updating Android iOS2010-08-10T20:27:15Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Due to the many models of portable phones and devices, and variations in their operating systems, we may not be able to clearly document the settings you may need to change on <u>your</u> device. Following are instructions that may apply to your device, but refer to documentation and support options for that device if you encounter problems. Most importantly note that our email server settings for some devices were switched to "junglecat.middlebury.edu" on May 20th. After the move of your mailbox to the Exchange 2010 server is complete (weekend of August 14th), "mail.middlebury.edu" will be the only correct email server listing for these devices.'''<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
'''DO NOT MAKE THESE SETTING CHANGES BEFORE THE MAILBOX MIGRATION! '''<br><br />
<br />
'''THIS MOVE IS CURRENTLY SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEKEND OF AUGUST 14TH, 2010'''<br><br />
<br />
===== Android Devices<br> =====<br />
<br />
find email settings and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
===== Apple iOS Devices (iPhone/iTouch/iPad) =====<br />
<br />
If you have set up your Middlebury account as a Exchange ActiveSync account:<br>1. Touch Settings<br>2. Touch Mail, contacts, Calendars<br>3. Touch your Middlebury account<br>4. Touch Account Info<br>5. Touch Server and change junglecat.middlebury.edu to mail.middlebury.edu<br>6. Touch back to the Settings menu.<br />
<br />
Your email will re-sync with the Exchange server. This may take a few minutes depending on the amount of email you have on the server, and how much of that email is synchronized with the Mail application.<br><br />
<br />
[[Category:Helpdesk Documentation]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=14157Editing in Drupal2010-02-05T18:09:48Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions will be accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom of the left hand navigation and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If the page name already has a name, go back and click on the ADD&nbsp;SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If it already has a url, go back and click on the ADD SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: Any sub-pages of the "File Uploads" page will also be hidden. You can use this functionality to organize your files on different pages with descriptive titles to further help you know which files are where.</b><br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
This content type can be used to display images in a slideshow.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=11573Editing in Drupal2010-01-04T16:09:55Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* File upload */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions will be accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance. <br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments: <br />
<br />
*Home <br />
**Academics <br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Biology <br />
***Chemistry <br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level: <br />
<br />
*Home <br />
**Academics <br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Biology <br />
***Chemistry <br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance: <br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content. <br />
#Click Settings <br />
#Click Add sub-page <br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If the page name already has a name, go back and click on the ADD&nbsp;SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If it already has a url, go back and click on the ADD SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Expand Appearance. <br />
#Expand Menu appearance. <br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column". <br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page. <br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: Any sub-pages of the "File Uploads" page will also be hidden. You can use this functionality to organize your files on different pages with descriptive titles to further help you know which files are where.</b><br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
This content type can be used to display images in a slideshow.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=11571Editing in Drupal2010-01-04T16:07:29Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Gallery */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions will be accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance. <br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments: <br />
<br />
*Home <br />
**Academics <br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Biology <br />
***Chemistry <br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level: <br />
<br />
*Home <br />
**Academics <br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Biology <br />
***Chemistry <br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance) <br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance: <br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content. <br />
#Click Settings <br />
#Click Add sub-page <br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If the page name already has a name, go back and click on the ADD&nbsp;SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like. <br>'''**NOTE: If it already has a url, go back and click on the ADD SUB-PAGE TAB.'''<br><br />
#Expand Appearance. <br />
#Expand Menu appearance. <br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column". <br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page. <br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
This content type can be used to display images in a slideshow.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9791Editing in Drupal2009-11-17T21:36:41Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions will be accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Monster_Menus&diff=9790Monster Menus2009-11-17T21:32:34Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
Also see: [[Editing in Drupal]]<br />
<br />
= Content Creation =<br />
<br />
=== Text for Right Column ===<br />
<br />
NOTE: The current menu item in Monster Menus is labeled "Text for Right Column" so we continue this convention. The MIIS theme displays this on the right, but other themes may not. There is no functional reason that this must be used only on the right and so we may revise this documentation at a later date to address that. Generally, we will refer to this functionality as the Page Sidebar.<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Permissions =<br />
Please see the separate page on [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Monster_Menus_Permissions&diff=9789Monster Menus Permissions2009-11-17T21:32:24Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
Also see: [[Editing in Drupal]]<br />
<br />
= About =<br />
The Middlebury and MIIS [[Drupal]] sites use a system called [[Monster Menus]] (developed at Amherst College) to enable the creation of a hierarchy of pages and apply permissions hierarchically to those pages.<br />
<br />
= Permission scope =<br />
<br />
Monster Menus permissions -- like file-system permissions -- apply only to the page or content for which they are set: having full "write" permission on a page does not imply write access to sub-pages or content on the page. However, Monster Menus Permissions -- also like file-system permissions -- are "sticky": when new sub-pages are created, the permissions from the parent page are copied onto the sub-page and the creator of the sub-page is set as the owner.<br />
<br />
Content permissions are slightly different from page permissions. When a user creates a new content node, they are made the owner of that content and the "Delete the page or change its settings" permissions are copied as "Edit or delete this content" on that content. Other users who might have "Append sub-pages to the page" or "Add content to the page" permission to not have any permissions on the new content. Also, content does not have a read permission. Read permission is determined by the page content is displayed on.<br />
<br />
== Manually cascading permissions ==<br />
<br />
Sometimes it is necessary to reset the permissions for part of the site. This might be necessary if a new user or group needs to be granted access to a large number of pages and content-nodes. Two check-boxes at the bottom of the permissions form allow permissions to be recursively set on all sub-pages and/or content.<br />
<br />
Use caution with these options as they will overwrite all permissions on sub-pages and/or content to be the same as the permissions on the page where they are used.<br />
<br />
= Permission levels =<br />
<br />
== Permission levels on pages ==<br />
<br />
=== Owner ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the page.'''<br />
<br />
The owner of a page is usually the person who created it. The owner has full "write" access to the page, the same as ''Delete the page or change its settings''. The owner exists so that at least one person always has access to a page.<br />
<br />
=== Delete the page or change its settings ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the page.'''<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can change all of the properties of a page: its title, settings, and permissions.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Append sub-pages to the page'', ''Add content to the page'', and ''Read'' permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Append sub-pages to the page ===<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can add sub-pages to a page, but cannot change the page's settings or add content directly to the page. When a user creates a sub-page, they will be the owner of that sub-page and will have full "write" access to that sub-page; giving them the ability to add content and append further sub-sub-pages to that sub-page.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Read'' permission.<br />
<br />
=== Add content to the page ===<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can add new content a page. When they create new content they will become the owner of that content and can continue to make changes to it. This permission does NOT grant users the ability to edit content already on a page. Content already on the page is only editable if the user is the owner of that content or has the "edit or delete this content" permission on that content.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Read'' permission.<br />
<br />
=== Read ===<br />
<br />
This permission allows a user to see the content.<br />
<br />
== Permission levels on content ==<br />
Read access to content is determined by users' read access on the page on which it resides. In this way, a content-node can be displayed on two pages, one that is restricted and another that is publicly visible.<br />
<br />
=== Owner ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the content.'''<br />
<br />
The owner of a piece of content is usually the person who created it. The owner has full "write" access to the content, the same as ''Edit or delete this content''. The owner exists so that at least one person always has access to the content.<br />
<br />
=== Edit or delete this content ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the content.'''<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can change all of the properties the content: its title, settings, and permissions.<br />
<br />
= Examples =<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Monster_Menus_Permissions&diff=9788Monster Menus Permissions2009-11-17T21:32:14Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
Also see: [[Editing in Drupal]]<br />
<br />
= About =<br />
The Middlebury and MIIS [[Drupal]] sites use a system called [[Monster Menus]] (developed at Amherst College) to enable the creation of a hierarchy of pages and apply permissions hierarchically to those pages.<br />
<br />
= Permission scope =<br />
<br />
Monster Menus permissions -- like file-system permissions -- apply only to the page or content for which they are set: having full "write" permission on a page does not imply write access to sub-pages or content on the page. However, Monster Menus Permissions -- also like file-system permissions -- are "sticky": when new sub-pages are created, the permissions from the parent page are copied onto the sub-page and the creator of the sub-page is set as the owner.<br />
<br />
Content permissions are slightly different from page permissions. When a user creates a new content node, they are made the owner of that content and the "Delete the page or change its settings" permissions are copied as "Edit or delete this content" on that content. Other users who might have "Append sub-pages to the page" or "Add content to the page" permission to not have any permissions on the new content. Also, content does not have a read permission. Read permission is determined by the page content is displayed on.<br />
<br />
== Manually cascading permissions ==<br />
<br />
Sometimes it is necessary to reset the permissions for part of the site. This might be necessary if a new user or group needs to be granted access to a large number of pages and content-nodes. Two check-boxes at the bottom of the permissions form allow permissions to be recursively set on all sub-pages and/or content.<br />
<br />
Use caution with these options as they will overwrite all permissions on sub-pages and/or content to be the same as the permissions on the page where they are used.<br />
<br />
= Permission levels =<br />
<br />
== Permission levels on pages ==<br />
<br />
=== Owner ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the page.'''<br />
<br />
The owner of a page is usually the person who created it. The owner has full "write" access to the page, the same as ''Delete the page or change its settings''. The owner exists so that at least one person always has access to a page.<br />
<br />
=== Delete the page or change its settings ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the page.'''<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can change all of the properties of a page: its title, settings, and permissions.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Append sub-pages to the page'', ''Add content to the page'', and ''Read'' permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Append sub-pages to the page ===<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can add sub-pages to a page, but cannot change the page's settings or add content directly to the page. When a user creates a sub-page, they will be the owner of that sub-page and will have full "write" access to that sub-page; giving them the ability to add content and append further sub-sub-pages to that sub-page.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Read'' permission.<br />
<br />
=== Add content to the page ===<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can add new content a page. When they create new content they will become the owner of that content and can continue to make changes to it. This permission does NOT grant users the ability to edit content already on a page. Content already on the page is only editable if the user is the owner of that content or has the "edit or delete this content" permission on that content.<br />
<br />
This permission is a super-set of the ''Read'' permission.<br />
<br />
=== Read ===<br />
<br />
This permission allows a user to see the content.<br />
<br />
== Permission levels on content ==<br />
Read access to content is determined by users' read access on the page on which it resides. In this way, a content-node can be displayed on two pages, one that is restricted and another that is publicly visible.<br />
<br />
=== Owner ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the content.'''<br />
<br />
The owner of a piece of content is usually the person who created it. The owner has full "write" access to the content, the same as ''Edit or delete this content''. The owner exists so that at least one person always has access to the content.<br />
<br />
=== Edit or delete this content ===<br />
'''Full "write" access to the content.'''<br />
<br />
Users with this permission can change all of the properties the content: its title, settings, and permissions.<br />
<br />
= Examples =<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Drupal]]</div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9680Editing in Drupal2009-11-17T14:06:57Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Webform */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9647Editing in Drupal2009-11-13T19:30:49Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Webform */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. Its interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, there are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows you to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9194Editing in Drupal2009-11-03T18:48:17Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Creating */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>To make changes to the information pulled from the directory, click the "Directory Fields" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new box expands. In this box:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>If you want to use a picture you have uploaded, search for it by name in the "Alternate Photo" text field.</li><br />
<li>In the "Hidden Fields" section, you can choose to hide pieces of information that were pulled from the directory.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9190Editing in Drupal2009-11-03T16:18:42Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Webform */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are finished setting up the component, click the "Submit" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to the "Form components" page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
All component types have 3 common fields in their editing interfaces. The "Label" field inherits the name you assigned in the steps above, and is displayed above the interactive piece of your component. The "Default value" field allows you to have parts of your form already filled in. The "Description" field allows you to provide more information for users and is displayed below the interactive portion of the component. The unique portions of each component editing interface are discussed below.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a date: month, day, and year. You have control over what time zone is used and how you want users to provide a year, either a dropdown list or a text field.<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
This component will give users a text field to provide a valid email address, and only properly formatted addresses will be accepted. You also have the option of sending a copy of the submission email to this address.<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
This component allows you to group other components into boxes. You can choose to make each box collapsible. To put other components into a fieldset, you must go into the components' interfaces, click the "Advanced settings" link, and change the "Parent Fieldset" dropdown to the desired fieldset.<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to upload files with their submissions. You can control what file types are allowed, how large files can be, and where they are stored. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a common set of "Options" for a list of "Questions." Options appear across the top, questions down the left. Each spot in the grid has a radio button, and only one option may be chosen for each question. You are able to randomize the order of the options, questions, or both.<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to store information not shown to users submitting the form.<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
This component can be used to insert HTML or PHP code into your form.<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
This component is used to break your form into pages. The submit button will not be visible until a user completes the final page of the form. <b>Note: A "File" component must appear after the last "Pagebreak" component.</b><br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
This component allows users to respond to prompts. You can create single response questions (radio buttons, dropdown lists) as well as multiple response questions (checkboxes, multi-select lists).<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a box for users to type in. You can make this box resizable.<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
This component provides a single-line text field for users to type in.<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
This component type provides a place for users to submit a time. You can control what time zone is used, as well as whether to use 12-hour (am/pm) or 24-hour format.<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9184Editing in Drupal2009-11-03T15:45:26Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Webform */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component, followed by a colon.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 12 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9170Editing in Drupal2009-11-02T16:31:11Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Webform */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Page Regions ==<br />
<br />
Most of the content you create will be added to the "content" region in the middle of the page. However, you can add other editable regions to your pages, enabling you to use more of the space on this design.<br />
<br />
=== Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
Sidebar content is created using the "Text for Right Column" block. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Text for Right Column content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new rightcolumn page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***rightcolumn (Using Text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****rightcolumn (Using text for Right Column menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create sidebar content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Sidebar Content", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "sidebar", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Text for right column".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the sidebar using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Sidebar. You should also now see an Edit link in the Sidebar. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Text for Right Column page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
=== Carousel ===<br />
<br />
Created using the "Carousel" block, this region displays content in a scrolling bar at the bottom of the page. This block will look up in the page tree until it find a page with content in the block. That content will then be displayed at the current level of the tree. To override Carousel content from a higher level in the tree, create a new page at the current level with this menu appearance.<br />
<br />
For example, if this is your site hierarchy the content on the rightcolumn page will be displayed in the sidebar of all three departments:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a custom sidebar for Chemistry, create a new carousel page at that level:<br />
<br />
*Home<br />
**Academics<br />
***carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Biology<br />
***Chemistry<br />
****carousel (Using Carousel menu appearance)<br />
***Economics<br />
<br />
To create a page using this menu appearance:<br />
<br />
#Navigate to the level in the site information architecture where you wish to create carousel content.<br />
#Click Settings<br />
#Click Add sub-page<br />
#Enter a page name. We recommend "Carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Enter a URL name. We recommend "carousel", but you may use whatever name you like.<br />
#Expand Appearance.<br />
#Expand Menu appearance.<br />
#Under "Location on screen" choose "Carousel".<br />
#Make other page settings, such as Permissions as you normally would for a new page.<br />
#Click Create sub-page.<br />
<br />
You can now add content to the carousel using content types as you normally would for page content. The content you add here will be displayed in the Carousel. You should also now see an Edit link in the Carousel. This will allow you to return to content editing for Sidebar content at this level and any other where this Carousel page will be displayed.<br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 10 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change. This will bring you to the appropriate form component editing interface.<br />
<br />
To reorder existing components, use the icons left of the component names to drag them into the correct order, then click the "Submit" button.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9137Editing in Drupal2009-10-29T16:10:03Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Form Components */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 10 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit an existing component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9135Editing in Drupal2009-10-29T15:54:37Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Form Components */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose the component type.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Information on the 10 component types can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If you want the component to be mandatory for people submitting the form, make sure the "Mandatory" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If you want the submitted value of this component to be contained in email notifications, make sure the "E-mail" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for the form component type you have chosen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
To edit a component, go to the "Form components" tab in the editing interface for you form and click the "Edit" link next to the component you wish to change.<br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9025Editing in Drupal2009-10-27T16:54:44Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Frequently Asked Question" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Frequently Asked Question" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Question" text field, enter the question you wish to display.</li><br />
<li>In the "Answer" text field, enter the answer to your question..</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9022Editing in Drupal2009-10-27T14:21:39Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Creating */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section to put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
''Add this''<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=9021Editing in Drupal2009-10-27T14:18:35Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Form Components */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section, put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
''Add this''<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8851Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T20:26:52Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section, put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
FAQ's can be a great resource for helping new users find information. In Drupal, you will enter each question as a separate piece of content. Each question added will appear, and when clicked on, its answer will be revealed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
''Add this''<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8847Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T19:26:07Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<li>If you want the person's job title to appear differently than it does in the directory, type the desired title in the "Alternate Job Title" text field.</li><br />
<li>Use the "Biography" text field to input biographical information about the person.</li><br />
<li>To pull a faculty member's current courses, make sure the "Course Catalog" checkbox is marked.</li><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Extra Profile Fields" text field to add more information</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The "Heading 4" formatting option can be used to create section headings in this field.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If desired, use the "Feed Addresses" section, put in the URL's of related feeds.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the "Items per Feed" dropdown menu to control how many headlines appear from each feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8842Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T19:07:11Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8841Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T19:06:38Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set the appearance, publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to choose their information to be pulled from the directory.</li><br />
<br />
<li>If necessary, set the appearance, publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8840Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T19:03:29Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Profile" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Profile" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Display Name" text field, enter the desired name of the person this profile is for.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The display name can be different from the directory listing and should be the name the person goes by.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "User" text field, begin typing the person's name as it appears in the directory.</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8838Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T19:00:35Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Profile */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
The "Profile" type can be used to create a profile for a staff or faculty member. With it, you can pull a person's position, contact information, campus location, photo, and office hours from the directory. There is also space to put in biographical information, lists of activities/accomplishments/etc., and related feeds. Also, for faculty, current courses can be pulled from the course catalog.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8834Editing in Drupal2009-10-20T18:37:40Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Profile ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Frequently Asked Question ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8646Editing in Drupal2009-10-15T19:22:56Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
== Redirector ==<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8484Editing in Drupal2009-10-13T19:10:19Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* File upload */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: csv, dcr, doc, docx, gif, gz,<br />
html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, tar, txt, wpd,<br />
xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8475Editing in Drupal2009-10-13T13:47:44Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Images */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8438Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T19:11:24Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: </p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8437Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T18:31:44Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Appearance */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8436Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T18:31:01Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8435Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T17:16:59Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: Undo revision 8434 by Benjamin Molberger (Talk)</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8434Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T17:13:39Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Dynamic Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8433Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T17:13:18Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Video */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above, [video:URL width:value height:value align:value], inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8432Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T17:12:57Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Edit Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
Videos can be pulled from just about anywhere on the web, including YouTube and MiddTube. The syntax for inserting videos is:[video:URL width:value height:value align:value]. The URL is the address of the site you found the video on. Accepted values for width and height are numbers. Accepted values for align are left and right. To insert a video:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in the text where you want to add a video.</li><br />
<li>Enter the line of code above ([video:URL width:value height:value align:value]), inputting the desired URL and appropriate values.</li><br />
<li>When you are done adding the video, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8431Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T17:05:26Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Managing Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Click in your text in the area you wish to add an image.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert file upload" button. It's the 2<sup>nd</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert file upload" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links the find the files on the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Click the image you wish to use.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use this screen to set the properties you want for the image. These cannot be changed later.</li><br />
<li>When you're done setting the properties, click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To edit the image's settings, make sure it is selected and click the "Insert/edit image" button. It's the 1<sup>st</sup> button in the 3<sup>rd</sup> row.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the appearance tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the image's appearance settings.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Edit the image as required.</li><br />
<li>When you're done editing the image settings, click the "Update" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8430Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T16:53:30Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Adding Static Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the "File Uploads" page.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "File upload" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "File upload" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your file a title.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A title is optional, but recommended.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Caption" text field, type a caption.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A caption is optional.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To upload a file, click the "Browse..." button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>A window to navigate your hard drive appears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Find the file you wish to upload and click the "Open" button.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The window disappears.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done uploading the file, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, alter the appearance, set publish dates, and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: Links can only be added to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
''How to add images and edit settings.''<br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8429Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T16:46:05Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* File upload */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
You can upload the following file types to your site: aif, aiff, avi, csv, dcr, doc, docx, flv, gif, gz, html, jp2, jpeg, jpg, kml, kmz, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpg, mxd, nb, pdb, pdf, pmf, png, ppt, pptx, rtf, sit, swf, tar, txt, wav, wma, wmv, wpd, xls, xlsx, zip.<br />
<br />
When uploading images, they appear on the page with the title and caption you assign them. Other types of files also show the title and caption, but rather than show the file, a link is provided to access it.<br />
<br />
Each department has had a special page created for them for file uploads. It is highly encouraged that all uploaded files be placed on this page so everyone knows where to find them. The instructions below assume that this advice has been followed.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: Links can only be added to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
''How to add images and edit settings.''<br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8428Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T16:37:00Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Managing Content */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
''What file uploads appear as.''<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
''How to do it.''<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: Links can only be added to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
''How to add images and edit settings.''<br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. By default, content is not sticky, but making content sticky at the top of the page forces it to remain above any other content. To control whether or not content is sticky:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's stickiness you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to make sticky and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To make the content sticky, make sure the checkbox to make the content sticky at the top of the page is checked.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the stickiness, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
Each piece of content created stores information on who created it and when it was created. By default, content displays a message indicating the user that submitted the content. To change the attribution message:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's attribution message you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you want to modify and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Appearance" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You now see the content's appearance properties.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the "Attribution style" dropdown menu to change the attribution message.</li><br />
<li>When you are done altering the attribution message, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molbergerhttps://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/LIS/index.php?title=Editing_in_Drupal&diff=8427Editing in Drupal2009-10-09T16:26:35Z<p>Benjamin Molberger: /* Appearance */</p>
<hr />
<div>Part of the documentation on [[Drupal]].<br />
<br />
This page contains materials to help you edit content in Drupal. Information can be found for logging on, adding content, editing existing content, creating new pages, setting permissions, etc. Further, each set of instructions is accompanied by a link to a step-by-step flash tutorial incorporating screen shots to help you complete each task.<br />
<br />
= Logging On =<br />
<br />
Before you can begin creating or editing content, you must first log on to the appropriate server.<br />
<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/logon.html Logging on flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Navigate to your department's main page</li><br />
<li>Scroll to the bottom and click the "Log On" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now at the "Middlebury College Central Authentication Service."</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Your NetID and password are the same as for your Middlebury email account. Type them in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Click the "LOGIN" button</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are returned to your departmental main page.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You may begin editing.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Creating and Managing Pages =<br />
<br />
Most departments have had their architecture built out for them, but there are still pages that must be created. Where a page should appear within your architecture determines where it needs to be created. 2<sup>nd</sup> tier pages should be created from your main page, 3<sup>rd</sup> tier pages should be created from the 2<sup>nd</sup> tier page they supplement, and so on. If done properly, your new page will appear in the proper section of your navigation bar.<br />
<br />
== Adding a Page ==<br />
[http://www.middlebury.edu/~bmolberg/subpage.html Adding a page flash tutorial.]<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the parent of the page you are creating.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Add sub-page" tab.</li><br />
<li>Enter a name for your page in the "Page name" field. The name should be descriptive because:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>The page name is what appears at the top of your window.</li><br />
<li>The page name appears in the navigation bar.<br />
<li>The page name is used in compiling search results.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Enter a URL in the "URL" field.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>The URL determines the web address for the page.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Create sub-page" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows your blank page and asks you to add content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==Page Settings==<br />
<br />
Page Settings refers to a page's properties. These include the name, URL, permissions, appearance, and location in the navigation bar.<br />
<br />
=== Page Name and URL ===<br />
<br />
If at any time you wish to improve upon your choices for the page name and URL, you are able to do so.<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's name and/or URL you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page's current name and URL.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To change the name and URL, simply modify the text in the appropriate fields.</li><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>Above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Permissions ===<br />
<br />
Permissions determine what access users have to the page. These range from not even being able to access the page, all the way to full editing privileges.<br />
<br />
==== Hierarchy ====<br />
<br />
Information on the page level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
==== How to Change ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page whose permissions you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows 3 text fields.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Below the text fields, click the "Permissions" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The page owner's name and 4 new links appear.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the link of the permissions level you wish to edit</li><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To change another permissions level, click its link and repeat the previous step.</li><br />
<li>When you are done, scroll down and click the "Save settings" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>All the menus close and above the text fields, a message appears to notify you that the settings have been saved.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Appearance ===<br />
<br />
''What does it look like?''<br />
<br />
==== Theme ====<br />
<br />
''General appearance''<br />
<br />
==== Menu Appearance ====<br />
<br />
<i>Does it show up in the nav bar?</i><br />
<br />
=== Menu Order ===<br />
<br />
When creating a page in Drupal, it is automatically placed in the appropriate level of navigation. However, pages are inserted in alphabetical order by default. It is important to be able to organize navigation in the order you want.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's menu you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Settings" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Reorder menu" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the page name of each page appearing in your navigation, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the page names into the order you want them to appear in navigation.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the menu has been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "Contents" tab.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Static Content =<br />
<br />
There are 3 types of static content you can add to your page: Basic Content, File upload, Story. While basic content (and occasionally stories) will be the load-bearing portion of your pages, some of its features cannot be taken advantage of without first knowing how to upload files so we will cover this first.<br />
<br />
== File upload ==<br />
<br />
''What file uploads appear as.''<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
''How to do it.''<br />
<br />
== Basic Content ==<br />
<br />
The "Basic Content" type will most likely be the content type you use most. It consists of a title and a body section.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Basic Content" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Basic Content" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what information can be found in this content.</li><br />
<li>Front load key words. Users often read only the first few words of a title before deciding if the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>To style an opening paragraph, highlight the text to style and use the "Styles" dropdown menu. The opening paragraph should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Summarize what can be found in this content. Users rarely read more than a couple lines before deciding to move on if it is not clear that the information they want can be found there.</li><br />
<li>Be no more than a few sentences</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>To format a heading, highlight the text to format and use the "Format" dropdown menu.</li><br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Story ==<br />
<br />
A "Story" is almost identical to a "Basic Content" in how it is created and how it appears. However, a "Story" is intended to be no more than a few sentences is length. It also has 2 additional features: a location and a link to more information.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "Story" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "Story" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Body" text field, type your content.<br />
<li>Add the necessary links, images, and videos.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on adding [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Links links], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Images images], and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Video video] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Adding a location is optional. If you wish to add a location, click the "Location" link below the "Body" text field.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new list of options appears. Filling in this information will cause it to appear with your story, as well as a link to a map of your location.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "URL" text field, type in the address of a website with more information on this story.</li><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
= Adding Dynamic Content =<br />
<br />
== RSS Feed ==<br />
<br />
The "RSS feed" type can be used to dynamically pull headlines from other places. You can pull RSS feeds from anywhere on the web, page feeds from within the Middlebury site, or tag feeds from within the Middlebury site.<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add content to.</li><br />
<li>Locate the "Edit Console" in the top left of the screen. Click the "Add" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now lists all the content types.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Click the "RSS feed" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the "RSS feed" editing interface.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your content a title. The title should:<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Accurately convey what type of information is being pulled by this feed.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>Click the button of the type of feed you wish to add</li><br />
<li>Choose the source of your feed.</li><br />
<li>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other feeds you wish to add to this content block on your page.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>If you have multiple feeds, you can reorder them with the icons below their titles.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Feed display options" box, you can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Use the dropdown menu to choose how many headlines to display at once.</li><br />
<li>Use the checkboxes to control the appearance of the feed.</li><br />
<li>Use the radio buttons to control how the feeds are sorted.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>If necessary, set publish dates and set permissions lists.</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done adding the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Gallery ==<br />
<br />
=== Creating ===<br />
<br />
== Webform ==<br />
<br />
The "Webform" has the most complicated of all the editing interfaces. It's interface has two sections, signified by 2 tabs in the "Edit Console." The tabs are "Configuration" and "Form components."<br />
<br />
=== Configuration ===<br />
<br />
This section of the interface controls properties of the form. In addition to the settings available for all content types, their are 5 sets of properties you can control. As always, instructions on [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Appearance_2 appearance], [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Scheduling scheduling] and [https://mediawiki.middlebury.edu/wiki/LIS/Editing_in_Drupal#Permissions_2 permissions] can be found below.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Settings ====<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>In the "Title" text field, give your form a title.</li><br />
<li>In the "Description" text field, add a brief description of your form. The description:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Is optional, but can be helpful to users in filling out the form.</li><br />
<li>Appears just below the title, above any form components.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<li>In the "Confirmation message or redirect URL" text field, input either a message or URL.<br />
<ul><br />
<li>This section is optional.</li><br />
<li>An inputted message will appear after a user submits the form.</li><br />
<li>A redirect URL will bring a user to that page after submitting the form.</li><br />
<li>Leaving it blank gives a default message of completion after a user submits the form.</li><br />
</ul><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Webform Access Control ====<br />
<br />
This area controls who can fill out and submit the form. By default, both boxes are checked, meaning anyone in the world can submit a completed form. To allow only Middlebury-affiliated users to complete the form, uncheck the "anonymous user" checkbox. Users now have to log in to complete the form, so users without Middlebury accounts will not have access.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Mail Settings ====<br />
<br />
This section controls who (if anyone) is given email notification of submitted forms, and how the email appears. You can control the name the email is sent from, the address the email is sent from, and the subject of the email.<br />
<br />
==== Webform Advanced Settings ====<br />
<br />
This area allows you to limit user submissions. By default, a user can submit an unlimited number of responses, but you can restrict them to a specified number of submissions over a specified amount of time.<br />
<br />
This section also allows to to change the text of the button users click to submit completed copies of the form.<br />
<br />
==== Who Can Read Data Submitted to This Webform ====<br />
<br />
This section gives you control over who can see submitted copies of the form. The process of controlling who has access is the same as assigning permissions.<br />
<br />
=== Form Components ===<br />
<b>Note: When you first create your form and save the configuration, you are immediately brought to the page to add components. Any time you come back to edit components in your form, you must click the "Form components" tab in the "Edit Console."</b><br />
<br />
<br />
To add a component:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Give the component a unique name. The name:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Appears in bold above the interactive part of the component.</li><br />
</ul><br />
<br />
</ol><br />
<br />
==== Date ====<br />
<br />
==== Email ====<br />
<br />
==== Fieldset ====<br />
<br />
==== File ====<br />
<br />
==== Grid ====<br />
<br />
==== Hidden ====<br />
<br />
==== Markup ====<br />
<br />
==== Pagebreak ====<br />
<br />
==== Select ====<br />
<br />
==== Textarea ====<br />
<br />
==== Textfield ====<br />
<br />
==== Time ====<br />
<br />
= Managing Content =<br />
<br />
Once a content piece is created and saved, you can always go back and change it. You can edit the content, change the content permissions, adjust the scheduling, set what pages the content appears on, and reorder content on the page.<br />
<b>Note: These tasks can also be done while initially creating the content.</b><br />
<br />
== Edit Content ==<br />
<br />
When a content piece is created, you can change anything that could also have been initially done during the creation of the content. To do this:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to edit and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Make the desired changes to your content.</li><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
=== Links ===<br />
<b>Note: Links can only be added to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on and in the editing interface for the content you wish to edit.</li><br />
<li>Highlight the text you wish to be the link.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert/edit link" button. It looks like a chain link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console appears on your screen.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>In the "Link URL" text field, put in the URL for the page you wish to link to.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Insert" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The "Insert/edit link" console disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>When you are done editing the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
=== Images ===<br />
<br />
<b>Note: These instructions apply to the "Basic Content" and "Story" content types.</b><br />
<br />
''How to add images and edit settings.''<br />
<br />
=== Video ===<br />
<br />
== Permissions ==<br />
<br />
=== Hierarchy ===<br />
<br />
Information on the content level permissions hierarchy can be found at [[Monster Menus Permissions]].<br />
<br />
=== How to Change ===<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content who's permissions set you wish to change.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you alter permissions for and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Who can edit or delete this content" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The list of users with editing privileges appears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>There are 2 ways to add users to this permissions set. You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add individuals.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Use the text field to search for a user. As you type, matches will appear below.</li><br />
<li>Click on a person's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Add groups.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A new window pops up.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the links to navigate to the group you wish to add.</li><br />
<li>Once you've found the group, click the "Select" link to the right of the group's name to add them to the list.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The extra window disappears.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done setting the permissions set, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Appearance ==<br />
<br />
You have control over 2 appearance features for content. You can choose to make it sticky at the top of the page, and you can change its attribution style.<br />
<br />
=== Sticky ===<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Attribution ===<br />
<br />
== Scheduling ==<br />
<br />
Scheduling a piece of content allows you to control when the content is published. This allows you to set a future start date for it to appear on your site, as well as a date for it to be automatically removed from your page. Scheduling is particularly effective for temporary content, or content that gets reused based on a schedule. To set publish dates:<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to schedule.</li><br />
<li>Scroll below the content piece you wish to schedule and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>You are now in the editing interface for this content piece.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down and click the "Scheduling" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>New text fields appear for setting publish dates and times.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Type the necessary dates and times into the "Publish on" and "Unpublish on" text fields.</li><br />
<li>When you are done setting publish dates for the content, scroll down and click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Pages ==<br />
<br />
If you have content you want to appear on multiple pages, you still only have to create it once. Once it is created, use the following instructions to make it appear on all other desired pages.<br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page containing the content you wish to duplicate.</li><br />
<li>Go below the content piece and click the "Edit" link.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the editing interface for your content.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Scroll down if necessary and click the "Pages" link above the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A list of the pages that display this content appears, along with 3 new buttons.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>You can:</li><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Add a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the "Add..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Replace a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Replace..." button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A window appears with an index of the entire site.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Navigate to the page you wish to add the content to and click the "Select" link on the right hand side.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The window disappears and the new page is added to the list while the old one has been removed.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Delete a page.</li><br />
<ol type="i"><br />
<li>Click the name of the page you wish the content to no longer appear on.</li><br />
<li>Click the "Delete" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The name of the page is removed from the list.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
</ul><br />
<li>When you are done managing the pages, click the "Save" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen returns to "View" mode.</li><br />
</ol><br />
</ol><br />
<br />
== Reordering ==<br />
<br />
Each time you add or edit a piece of content, it is placed at the top of the page, above any other existing content. To get content to appear in the order you want, you must reorder it yourself. <b>Note: If any content has been made sticky, it will always appear above all other content. If multiple pieces of content are sticky, you can reorder the sticky and non-sticky sections of your page separately.</b><br />
<br />
<ol><br />
<li>Make sure you are logged on.</li><br />
<li>Navigate to the page who's content you wish to reorder.</li><br />
<li>Find the "Edit Console" in the top left of your window. Click the "Reorder" tab.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>The screen now shows the name and type of all content pieces on the page, each with the standard move icon to its left.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>Use the icons to drag the content pieces into the order you want them to appear on the page.</li><br />
<li>When you're done, click the "Save configuration" button.</li><br />
<ol type="a"><br />
<li>A message appears to notify you that the contents have been reordered.</li><br />
</ol><br />
<li>To return to viewing the page, go to the "Edit Console" and click the "View" tab.</li><br />
</ol></div>Benjamin Molberger